Difference between revisions of "Service Manager Business Process Workflow"

From Hornbill
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(112 intermediate revisions by 6 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 +
This document can now be found at its new location in the [https://docs.hornbill.com/servicemanager-config/customize/workflows/using-workflows-with-service-manager Hornbill Document Library].
 +
 +
[[file:hornbill-document-library.png|Service Manager Workflow|link=https://docs.hornbill.com/servicemanager-config/customize/workflows/using-workflows-with-service-manager]]
 +
<!--
 +
 +
 
{{bluebanner|[[Main Page|Home]] > [[Administration]] > [[Service Manager Administration |Service Manager]] > Business Process Workflow|[[:Category:Administration|Index]]}}
 
{{bluebanner|[[Main Page|Home]] > [[Administration]] > [[Service Manager Administration |Service Manager]] > Business Process Workflow|[[:Category:Administration|Index]]}}
 
{{IntroAndLinks|
 
{{IntroAndLinks|
The Service Manager Business Process Workflow is used to automate the processing of the requests that have been raised.  This page contains information on the Service Manager specific automated tasks that can be used in the [[Business Process Designer]] to build unique and powerful processes for your requests.|
+
The Service Manager Business Process Workflow is used to automate the processing of the requests that have been raised.  This page contains information on the Service Manager automated tasks that can be used in the [[Business Process Designer]] to build unique and powerful processes for your requests.|
 
:* [[Business Process Designer]]
 
:* [[Business Process Designer]]
 
:* [[Request Variables]]
 
:* [[Request Variables]]
|}
+
:* [[Core Hornbill Automations]]
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Automation Template                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- Copy and paste the template below to create a new Hornbill Automation section.
 
nameOfTag:                  This is a link that can be used to jump to this section from a URL or link from another wiki page.
 
Name of Automation:        Then of the Hornbill Automation as seen in the BPM Designer
 
nameOfFile:                Name of the image.  example BpmUpdateChangeType
 
Description of Automation:  Brief description of what this automation does or where it can be used
 
Name of Option:            Name of the Option as displayed in the BPM Designer
 
Description of Option      Description of how this option is used
 
  
-- Start Copy--
 
{{BPMAutomation|<nameOfTag>|<Name Of Automation>|
 
[[File:<nameOfFile>.png|thumb|link=]]|
 
<Description of Automation>|
 
{{bullet1|<Name of Option>|<Description of Option>}}
 
}}
 
-- Finish Copy --
 
-->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Service Manager Boards                                                  * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Boards==
 
==Boards==
Use the Boards nodes to automatically add, move or remove a Request from an existing Board. Requests can be added to one or multiple Boards in Service Manager, and can be moved between Lists on specified Boards automatically.
+
'''Please Note:''' Service Manager Boards have now been deprecated and replaced with [[Board_Manager|'''Hornbill Board Manager''']]. The available Board Manager business process operations are outlined [[Board_Manager_Business_Process_Workflow|'''here''']]. Use the Boards nodes to automatically add, move or remove a Request from an existing Board. Requests can be added to one or multiple Boards in Service Manager, and can be moved between Lists on specified Boards automatically.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Add Comment to Board                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddCommentToBoard|Add Comment To Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddCommentToBoard|Add Comment To Board|
 
[[File:bpmaddcommenttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddcommenttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
Line 43: Line 24:
 
{{bullet1|Comment|The actual comment, as it will appear on the card on the Board}}
 
{{bullet1|Comment|The actual comment, as it will appear on the card on the Board}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Add Request to Board                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|addRequesttoBoard|Add Request to Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|addRequesttoBoard|Add Request to Board|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequesttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/96/Bpmaddrequesttoboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequesttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/96/Bpmaddrequesttoboard.png]]|
Line 53: Line 32:
 
{{bullet1|List|The name of the list from the above specified board to which the Request card will be added}}
 
{{bullet1|List|The name of the list from the above specified board to which the Request card will be added}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Remove Request from Board                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeRequestFromBoard|Remove Request from Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeRequestFromBoard|Remove Request from Board|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestfromboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Bpmremoverequestfromboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestfromboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Bpmremoverequestfromboard.png]]|
Line 63: Line 40:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Change Requests                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Change Requests==
 
==Change Requests==
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Change Request specific actions.
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Change Request specific actions.
 +
===Get Information===
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|getChangeInformation|GetInformation|
 +
[[File:bpmgetchangeinfo.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/34/Bpmgetchangeinfo.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to get extended change information from a Change Request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Backout Plan|Get the Backout Plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Category|Get the category set against the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Justification|Get the Justification information from the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Type|Get the Change Type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Communication Plan|Get the Communication Plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disruption Level|Get the Disruption Level for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|End Time|Get the time when the change is set to be completed}}
 +
{{bullet1|Implementation Plan|Get the Implementation Plan}}
 +
{{bullet1|Is Scheduled|Get information about if the change is scheduled or not}}
 +
{{bullet1|Proposed End Time|Get the proposed end time of the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Proposed Start Time|Get the proposed start time of the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Security Implication|Get any security implications that have been added to the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Start Time|Get the start time for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Support Plan|Get the support plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Test Plan|Get the test plan for the change}}
 +
}}
 +
 
=== Suspend ===
 
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                WAIT FOR CHANGE TYPE                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForChangeType|Wait For Change Type|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForChangeType|Wait For Change Type|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/09/Bpmwaitforchangetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/09/Bpmwaitforchangetype.png]]|
Line 80: Line 73:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
Line 86: Line 79:
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              WAIT FOR REQUEST SCHEDULE                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestSchedule|Wait For Request Schedule|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestSchedule|Wait For Request Schedule|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png]]|
Line 94: Line 85:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
Line 102: Line 92:
 
}}
 
}}
  
 +
=== Update Request ===
  
=== Update Request ===
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                              ADD TO CHANGE CALENDAR                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|addToChangeCalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|addToChangeCalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmaddtochangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddtochangecalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddtochangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddtochangecalendar.png]]|
Line 118: Line 105:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              REMOVE FROM CHANGE CALENDAR                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeFromChangeCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeFromChangeCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/82/Bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/82/Bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png]]|
Line 127: Line 112:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  UPDATE CHANGE TYPE                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|changeType|Change Type|
 
{{BPMAutomation|changeType|Change Type|
 
[[File:bpmchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmchangetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmchangetype.png]]|
Line 138: Line 121:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
== Known Errors ==
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Problem Records                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
==Problem Records==
+
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Known Error specific actions.
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Problem Record specific actions.
+
=== Get Information===
=== Suspend ===
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Known_Error_Details|Known Error Details|
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Problem Workaround                                              * -->
+
[[File:bpmknownerrordetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/ca/Bpmknownerrordetails.png]]|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
Use this node to get the Accepted Solution, Root Cause, and the Workaround from a known error record.|
{{BPMAutomation|waitForProblemWorkaround|Wait for Workaround|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3b/Bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png]]|
 
Use this node to suspend the BPM Workflow and wait for a workaround to be added to the Problem Record.|
 
 
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus while the process is suspended}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
=== Update Known Error ===
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Release Records                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
==Releases==
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Known_Error_Details|Update Known Error Details|
Use this node at any stage in a process to automate Release specific actions.
+
[[File:bpmupdateknownerror.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmupdateknownerror.png]]|
=== Suspend ===
+
Use this node to update the workaround and root cause on a Known Error record.|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Release Type                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Root Cause|Use this option to set the Root Cause of the known error record}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Workaround|Use this optino to set the Workaround for the known error record}}
{{BPMAutomation|waitForReleaseType|Wait for Release Type|
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
[[File:bpmwaitforreleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0b/Bpmwaitforreleasetype.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend the Business Process until a Release Type has been set on the Release record|
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Schedule                                                * -->
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitforrelaseschedule|Wait for Request Schedule|
+
==Problem Records==
[[File:bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png]]|
+
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Problem Record specific actions.
Use this node to pause the process and await the scheduling of the Release in the Change Calendar|
+
=== Get Information ===
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Problem_Details|Problem Details|
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cc/Bpmproblemdetails.png]]|
 +
Use this node to get the Accepted Solution, Root Cause, and the Workaround from a problem record.|
 +
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
}}
 
}}
  
=== Update Request ===
+
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Add to Change Calendar                                                  * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|waitForProblemWorkaround|Wait for Workaround|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3b/Bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|addreleasetocalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
+
Use this node to suspend the BPM Workflow and wait for a workaround to be added to the Problem Record.|
[[File:bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1a/Bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
Use this node to automatically add the Release to the Change Calendar|
+
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus while the process is suspended}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
{{bullet1|Start Time From Now|Set the ''Start Time'' for this change based on years, months, days, hours, or minutes from when this node is reached in the workflow}}
+
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
{{bullet1|End Time From Now|Set the ''End Time'' for this change based on years, months, days, hours, or minutes from when this node is reached in the workflow}}
+
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
{{bullet1|Start Time (From Variable)|Set the ''Start Time'' for this change from a BPM Variable}}
+
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
{{bullet1|End Time (From Variable)|Set the ''End Time'' for this change from a BPM Variable}}
+
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
{{bullet1|Enforce Freeze Periods|Set this to ensure that the Start or End Dates are not set within a Change Freeze Period}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Remove From Change Calendar                                              * -->
+
=== Update Problem ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeReleaseFromCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Problem_Details|Problem Details|
[[File:bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png]]|
+
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=]]|
Use this node to automatically remove the Release from the Change Calendar|
+
Use this node to update the workaround and root cause on a Problem Record.|
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Root Cause|Use this option to set the Root Cause of the problem record}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Workaround|Use this optino to set the Workaround for the problem record}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
<!-- *                                                  Update Release Type                                                      * -->
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
{{BPMAutomation|updateReleaseType|Release Type |
 
[[File:bpmupdatereleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmupdatereleasetype.png]]|
 
Use this node to update the Release Type|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Release Type|Select from the pick list which type of Release will be set on this release}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Connections                                                    * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
==Request Connections==
+
 
Use the Request Connections node at any stage in a process to automatically add additional contact's and or co-worker's to a request and define their connection type to the request.  Other options include automatically emailing connections of different types, and removing one or all connections at any stage.
+
==Releases==
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
Use this node at any stage in a process to automate Release specific actions.
<!-- *                                                  Add Connection                                                            * -->
+
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddConnection|Add Connection|
+
{{BPMAutomation|waitForReleaseType|Wait for Release Type|
[[File:bpmaddconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ae/Bpmaddconnection.png]]|
+
[[File:bpmwaitforreleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0b/Bpmwaitforreleasetype.png]]|
Use this node to add a connection to a request|
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend the Business Process until a Release Type has been set on the Release record|
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Connection Type|By Default this will include interested and Impacted but will also show any custom Connection Types which have been defined in the Simple Lists, and '''requestConnectionType''' option.  Use this option to define what relationship the Connection will have to the request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Choose which internal user will be added as a connection to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue. An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
{{bullet1|Contact|Choose which external user will be added to a connection to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Co-worker(From Variable)|Use the user id (h_user_id) from the h_sys_accounts table, or from the variable picker and picking the value returned from the user picker in a progressive capture custom form. Be sure to use the ''Raw'' value from the progressive capture outcome and not the ''Display Name''}}
 
{{bullet1|Contact(From Variable)|Use the contact id (h_pk_id) from the h_sys_contacts table or or from the variable picker and picking the value returned from the user picker in a progressive capture custom form. Be sure to use the ''Raw'' value from the progressive capture outcome and not the ''Display Name''}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Email Connections                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|waitforrelaseschedule|Wait for Request Schedule|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|EmailConnections|Email Connections|
+
Use this node to pause the process and await the scheduling of the Release in the Change Calendar|
[[File:bpmemailconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmemailconnections.png]]|
 
Use this node to email connections of the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Specify the mailbox from which the email will be sent}}
+
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|This option can be set with the Entity name (e.g. Requests, ChangeRequests) that the supplied Email Template belongs to. The Entity name can be found in ''Templates'' Tile within the Hornbill Admin Tool. If not supplied, this option will be set to "Requests"}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''. When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Specify the email template which will be sent}}
 
{{bullet1|Recipients|Specify if the email should be sent to '''All''' users, '''Internal''' users only, or '''External''' users only of the following '''Connection Type'''}}
 
{{bullet1|Connection Type|Specify which connection types should receive the email notification}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Remove All Connections                                                      * -->
+
=== Update Request ===
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveAllConnections|Remove All Connections|
+
{{BPMAutomation|addreleasetocalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
[[File:bpmremoveallconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9d/Bpmremoveallconnections.png]]|
+
[[File:bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1a/Bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png]]|
Use this node to remove connections from the request|
+
Use this node to automatically add the Release to the Change Calendar|
{{bullet1|Request Id|The request id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Recipients|Controls which request connections are removed. Set to ''Auto'' to remove all connections or filter by Connection Type}}
+
{{bullet1|Start Time From Now|Set the ''Start Time'' for this change based on years, months, days, hours, or minutes from when this node is reached in the workflow}}
{{bullet1|Connection Type|Specify which connection types should be removed from the request}}
+
{{bullet1|End Time From Now|Set the ''End Time'' for this change based on years, months, days, hours, or minutes from when this node is reached in the workflow}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Start Time (From Variable)|Set the ''Start Time'' for this change from a BPM Variable}}
 +
{{bullet1|End Time (From Variable)|Set the ''End Time'' for this change from a BPM Variable}}
 +
{{bullet1|Enforce Freeze Periods|Set this to ensure that the Start or End Dates are not set within a Change Freeze Period}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Remove Connection                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|removeReleaseFromCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveConnection|Remove Connection|
+
Use this node to automatically remove the Release from the Change Calendar|
[[File:bpmremoveconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/55/Bpmremoveconnection.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
Use this node to remove specific connections from the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|CoWorker|Choose which internal user will be removed from the request }}
 
{{bullet1|Contact|Choose which external user will be removed from the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|updateReleaseType|Release Type |
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
[[File:bpmupdatereleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmupdatereleasetype.png]]|
<!-- *                                                    Request Members                                                        * -->
+
Use this node to update the Release Type|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Release Type|Select from the pick list which type of Release will be set on this release}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 +
}}
  
==Request Members==
 
  
Use the Request Members node at any stage in a process to automatically add or remove another analyst or subject matter expert into a Request. Members can be added even if they do not have the rights to view the request type, nor the requests which belong to the team against which the request belongs. The added Member's rights will be elevated just for the specific Request. Members can be notified about being added via Hornbill Notifications, and or email depending on the following Service Manager system setting: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.members'''
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Add Request Member                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddRequestMember|Add Request Member|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmaddrequestmember.png]]|
 
Use this node to add Service Manager analysts to the request. This option allows you to automatically add additional analysts to the request to assist with the resolution or as interested parties.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Member|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored.}}
 
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                Remove Request Member                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveRequestMember|Remove Request Member|
 
[[File:bpmaremoverequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmaremoverequestmember.png]]|
 
Use this option to remove members from a request.| 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Member|This option can contain the Co-worker to be removed from the Request members. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
 
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Id of a Co-worker (h_user_id in h_sys_accounts table). This option should only be supplied if "Member" option is not set}}
 
}}
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
==Request Connections==
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
Use the Request Connections node at any stage in a process to automatically add additional contact's and or co-worker's to a request and define their connection type to the request.  Other options include automatically emailing connections of different types, and removing one or all connections at any stage.
<!-- *                                                          Request Notices                                                  * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
== Request Notices ==
+
{{BPMAutomation|AddConnection|Add Connection|
 +
[[File:bpmaddconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ae/Bpmaddconnection.png]]|
 +
Use this node to add a connection to a request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 +
{{bullet1|Connection Type|By Default this will include interested and Impacted but will also show any custom Connection Types which have been defined in the Simple Lists, and '''requestConnectionType''' option.  Use this option to define what relationship the Connection will have to the request.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Choose which internal user will be added as a connection to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contact|Choose which external user will be added to a connection to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Co-worker(From Variable)|Use the user id (h_user_id) from the h_sys_accounts table, or from the variable picker and picking the value returned from the user picker in a progressive capture custom form. Be sure to use the ''Raw'' value from the progressive capture outcome and not the ''Display Name''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contact(From Variable)|Use the contact id (h_pk_id) from the h_sys_contacts table or or from the variable picker and picking the value returned from the user picker in a progressive capture custom form. Be sure to use the ''Raw'' value from the progressive capture outcome and not the ''Display Name''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 +
}}
  
Use this Hornbill Automation to add or remove a notice which is displayed at the top of the request.
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailConnections|Email Connections|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:bpmemailconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmemailconnections.png]]|
<!-- *                                                        Add Notice                                                          * -->
+
Use this node to email connections of the request|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Notice|Add Notice|
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Specify the mailbox from which the email will be sent}}
[[File:bpmaddrequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6f/Bpmaddrequestnotice.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|This option can be set with the Entity name (e.g. Requests, ChangeRequests) that the supplied Email Template belongs to. The Entity name can be found in ''Templates'' Tile within the Hornbill Admin Tool. If not supplied, this option will be set to "Requests"}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to add a notice to the top of the request|
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Specify the email template which will be sent}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|Recipients|Specify if the email should be sent to '''All''' users, '''Internal''' users only, or '''External''' users only of the following '''Connection Type'''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{bullet1|Connection Type|Specify which connection types should receive the email notification}}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Remove Notice                                                          * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveAllConnections|Remove All Connections|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:bpmremoveallconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9d/Bpmremoveallconnections.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Remove_Notice|Remove Notice|
+
Use this node to remove connections from the request|
[[File:bpmremoverequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmremoverequestnotice.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|The request id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to remove one or all notices on a request|
+
{{bullet1|Recipients|Controls which request connections are removed. Set to ''Auto'' to remove all connections or filter by Connection Type}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
+
{{bullet1|Connection Type|Specify which connection types should be removed from the request}}
{{bullet1|Notice ID|The ID of the notice that needs removing. This can be taken as a variable from the output of the Hornbill Automation that created the notice}}
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|This will remove notices of the selected type.  Information or Alert}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text Contains|Remove any notice that contains this text}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Source|Remove notices based on the source.  Either BPM Workflow or Manually added notices.}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|Remove notices that are set to a particular Visibility.  Portals, Service Desk, or Both}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveConnection|Remove Connection|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
[[File:bpmremoveconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/55/Bpmremoveconnection.png]]|
<!-- *                                                          Requests                                                          * -->
+
Use this node to remove specific connections from the request.|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|CoWorker|Choose which internal user will be removed from the request }}
 +
{{bullet1|Contact|Choose which external user will be removed from the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 +
}}
  
==Requests==
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Access Control                                                      * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
==== Access Control ====
 
  
Use the Access Control to lock or unlock the Details section or the Actions on a request.  Only users with the appropriate application right (update locked requests) will be able to modify the details or use an Action once locked. This right has been added to the following roles: Incident Management Full Access, Change Management Full Access, Problem Management Full Access, Release Management Full Access, Service Request Full Access, and Service Desk Admin.
+
==Request Members==
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Lock / Unlock Request Actions                                                * -->
+
Use the Request Members node at any stage in a process to automatically add or remove another analyst or subject matter expert into a Request. Members can be added even if they do not have the rights to view the request type, nor the requests which belong to the team against which the request belongs. The added Member's rights will be elevated just for the specific Request. Members can be notified about being added via Hornbill Notifications, and or email depending on the following Service Manager system setting: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.members'''
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestActions|Lock / Unlock Request Actions|
+
{{BPMAutomation|AddRequestMember|Add Request Member|
[[File:bpmlockrequestactions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmlockrequestactions.png]]|
+
[[File:bpmaddrequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmaddrequestmember.png]]|
Locks or Unlocks the selected Actions on on a request. This includes sections that are associated to the actions|
+
Use this node to add Service Manager analysts to the request. This option allows you to automatically add additional analysts to the request to assist with the resolution or as interested parties.|
{{bullet1|Lock Update|Prevents the manual adding of an update to the Timeline}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Lock Callback|Prevents the use of the Phone action}}
+
{{bullet1|Member|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored.}}
{{bullet1|Lock Attach|Prevents the use of the Attach Action and the Attachments section of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
{{bullet1|Lock Link|Prevents the linking of requests to this request and stops the removal of linked requests in the requests section}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Lock Linked Services|Prevents the linking of Services to this request and stops the removal of linked Services in the requests section}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Lock Email|Prevents the sending of email}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveRequestMember|Remove Request Member|
{{bullet1|Lock Change Customer|Prevents the changing of the customer}}
+
[[File:bpmaremoverequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmaremoverequestmember.png]]|
{{bullet1|Lock Assign|Prevents the request from being manually assigned or re-assigned}}
+
Use this option to remove members from a request.|
{{bullet1|Lock Connections|Prevents further Connections from being added the removal of existing connections in the Connections section}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
{{bullet1|Lock Escalate|Prevents the manual changing of the Priority}}
+
{{bullet1|Member|This option can contain the Co-worker to be removed from the Request members. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
{{bullet1|Lock Asset|Prevents the adding or removing of an asset}}
+
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Id of a Co-worker (h_user_id in h_sys_accounts table). This option should only be supplied if "Member" option is not set}}
{{bullet1|Lock Workaround|Prevents the accepting of a workaround being added on a Known Error}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Publish|Prevents the publishing of a Problem or Known Error record to the Self Service Portal}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Board|Prevents the request from being added to a board}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Schedule|Prevents the scheduling of a Change Request}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Solution|Prevents the ability to accept a solution provided to an Incident from a Problem or Known Error}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Resolve|Prevents a request from manually being resolved}}
 
{{bullet1|Lock Cancel|Prevents a request from being cancelled}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Use the provide System Timeline Update to show that a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Provide a custom Timeline Update message when a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Lock Request Details                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestDetails|Lock Request Details|
 
[[File:bpmlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/59/Bpmlockrequestdetails.png]]|
 
Locks the Details section of a request from this point on in the workflow.  Only users that have the '''update locked requests''' application right assigned to one of their roles will be able to update the request details.|
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Unlock Request Details                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|UnlockRequestDetails|Unlock Request Details|
 
[[File:bpmunlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7d/Bpmunlockrequestdetails.png]]|
 
Unlocks the Details section of a request from this point on in the workflow.  All users that have access to the request will be able to edit the Details section of the request.|
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Assessment                                                          * -->
+
== Request Notices ==
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to add or remove a notice which is displayed at the top of the request.
==== Assessment ====
+
 
Use the Assessment node to initiate an Impact Assessment on a request
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Notice|Add Notice|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:bpmaddrequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6f/Bpmaddrequestnotice.png]]|
<!-- *                                                  Impact  Assessment                                                        * -->
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to add a notice to the top of the request|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
{{BPMAutomation|ImpactAssessment|Impact Assessment|
+
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
[[File:bpmimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e1/Bpmimpactassessment.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
This Hornbill Automation will present an Impact Assessment option on the ''Escalate Action'' of a request. When selected a user will be taken through a number of defined questions, and determined by their responses, an impact level will be automatically applied to the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
{{bullet1|Assessment|The name of the assessment that you wish to run on the request}}
 
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
+
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Remove_Notice|Remove Notice|
<!-- *                                                      Assets                                                              * -->
+
[[File:bpmremoverequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmremoverequestnotice.png]]|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to remove one or all notices on a request|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|The Request Id of the request the connection(s) are being removed from. This should be set to Auto}}
<!--
+
{{bullet1|Notice ID|The ID of the notice that needs removing. This can be taken as a variable from the output of the Hornbill Automation that created the notice}}
====Assets====
+
{{bullet1|Notice Type|This will remove notices of the selected type. Information or Alert}}
Use these Hornbill Automations for managing assets that are associated to the request
+
{{bullet1|Notice Text Contains|Remove any notice that contains this text}}
-->
+
{{bullet1|Notice Source|Remove notices based on the source. Either BPM Workflow or Manually added notices.}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|Remove notices that are set to a particular Visibility. Portals, Service Desk, or Both}}
<!-- *                                                  Add All Owned by Customer                                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_All_Owned_by_Customer|Add All Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/16/Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
Add all assets that are owned by the customer to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                            Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer                                            * -->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
==Requests==
<!--
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer|
+
 
[[File:Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/53/Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
+
==== Access Control ====
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the General class of asset|
+
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
Use the Access Control to lock or unlock the Details section or the Actions on a request.  Only users with the appropriate application right (update locked requests) will be able to modify the details or use an Action once locked. This right has been added to the following roles: Incident Management Full Access, Change Management Full Access, Problem Management Full Access, Release Management Full Access, Service Request Full Access, and Service Desk Admin.
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Generic assets to associate to the request.}}
+
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestActions|Lock / Unlock Request Actions|
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
+
[[File:bpmlockrequestactions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmlockrequestactions.png]]|
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
+
Locks or Unlocks the selected Actions on on a request.  This includes sections that are associated to the actions|
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Update|Prevents the manual adding of an update to the Timeline}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Callback|Prevents the use of the Phone action}}
-->
+
{{bullet1|Lock Attach|Prevents the use of the Attach Action and the Attachments section of the request}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Lock Link|Prevents the linking of requests to this request and stops the removal of linked requests in the requests section}}
<!-- *                                            Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Lock Linked Services|Prevents the linking of Services to this request and stops the removal of linked Services in the requests section}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Lock Email|Prevents the sending of email}}
<!--
+
{{bullet1|Lock Change Customer|Prevents the changing of the customer}}
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer|
+
{{bullet1|Lock Assign|Prevents the request from being manually assigned or re-assigned}}
[[File:Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1b/Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Lock Connections|Prevents further Connections from being added the removal of existing connections in the Connections section}}
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Computer System class of asset|
+
{{bullet1|Lock Escalate|Prevents the manual changing of the Priority}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Asset|Prevents the adding or removing of an asset}}
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Computer System assets to associate to the request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Workaround|Prevents the accepting of a workaround being added on a Known Error}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Publish|Prevents the publishing of a Problem or Known Error record to the Self Service Portal}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Board|Prevents the request from being added to a board}}
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
+
{{bullet1|Lock Schedule|Prevents the scheduling of a Change Request}}
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
+
{{bullet1|Lock Solution|Prevents the ability to accept a solution provided to an Incident from a Problem or Known Error}}
 +
{{bullet1|Lock Resolve|Prevents a request from manually being resolved}}
 +
{{bullet1|Lock Cancel|Prevents a request from being cancelled}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Use the provide System Timeline Update to show that a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Provide a custom Timeline Update message when a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestDetails|Lock Request Details|
<!-- *                                          Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer                                  * -->
+
[[File:bpmlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/59/Bpmlockrequestdetails.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Locks the Details section of a request from this point on in the workflowOnly users that have the '''update locked requests''' application right assigned to one of their roles will be able to update the request details.|
<!--
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
[[File:Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Computer Peripheral class of asset|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPMThis should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Computer Peripheral assets to associate to the request.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|UnlockRequestDetails|Unlock Request Details|
<!-- *                                          Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer                                        * -->
+
[[File:bpmunlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7d/Bpmunlockrequestdetails.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Unlocks the Details section of a request from this point on in the workflow.  All users that have access to the request will be able to edit the Details section of the request.|
<!--
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
[[File:Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Mobile Device class of asset|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Mobile Device assets to associate to the request.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                          Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer                                       * -->
+
==== Assessment ====
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Use the Assessment node to initiate an Impact Assessment on a request
<!--
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer|
+
{{BPMAutomation|ImpactAssessment|Impact Assessment|
[[File:Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
+
[[File:bpmimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e1/Bpmimpactassessment.png]]|
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Network Device class of asset|
+
This Hornbill Automation will present an Impact Assessment option on the ''Escalate Action'' of a request.  When selected a user will be taken through a number of defined questions, and determined by their responses, an impact level will be automatically applied to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Assessment|The name of the assessment that you wish to run on the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
====Assets====
 +
Use these Hornbill Automations for managing assets that are associated to the request
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Add_All_Owned_by_Customer|Add All Owned by Customer|
 +
[[File:Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/16/Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 +
Add all assets that are owned by the customer to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Network Device assets to associate to the request.}}
 
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer|
<!-- *                                              Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer                                          * -->
+
[[File:Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/53/Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the General class of asset|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Printer class of asset|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Printer assets to associate to the request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Generic assets to associate to the request.}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}} 
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer|
 +
[[File:Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1b/Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 +
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Computer System class of asset|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Computer System assets to associate to the request.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
Line 546: Line 429:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer|
<!-- *                                              Add Software Assets Owned by Customer                                          * -->
+
[[File:Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Computer Peripheral class of asset|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Software Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5a/Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Software class of asset|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Software assets to associate to the request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Computer Peripheral assets to associate to the request.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
Line 561: Line 440:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer|
<!-- *                                                Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer                                        * -->
+
[[File:Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Mobile Device class of asset|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a9/Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Telecoms class of asset|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Telecoms assets to associate to the request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Mobile Device assets to associate to the request.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
Line 576: Line 451:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer|
<!-- *                                            Update All Assets - General Information                                        * -->
+
[[File:Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Network Device class of asset|
<!--
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{BPMAutomation|Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information|Update All Assets - General Information|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Network Device assets to associate to the request.}}
[[File:Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/57/Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
Update the General Information attributes of all assets that are associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer|
 +
[[File:Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 +
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Printer class of asset|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets. Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Printer assets to associate to the request.}}
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
+
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Software Assets Owned by Customer|
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
+
[[File:Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5a/Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Software class of asset|
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Software assets to associate to the request.}}
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
+
 
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer|
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
+
[[File:Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a9/Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
+
Add assets that are owned or used by the customer that belong to the Telecoms class of asset|
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Type|The type of Telecoms assets to associate to the request.}}
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Indicates whether or not a system update is made to the request timeline. Default is No. This option is superseded by the Manual Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Freetext update to the request timeline. This supersedes the option System Timeline Update.}}
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
+
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
 
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Generic_Asset|Create Generic Asset|
<!-- *                                            Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties                                  * -->
+
[[File:Create_Generic_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/70/Create_Generic_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new General asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                            Update Computer Assets - General Information                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a8/Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 712: Line 555:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Computer_System_Asset|Create Computer System Asset|
<!-- *                                      Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties                              * -->
+
[[File:Create_Computer_System_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Create_Computer_System_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new Computer System asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cd/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                      Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/93/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 767: Line 597:
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was aquired}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
Line 778: Line 608:
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the desposal code}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
Line 785: Line 615:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset|Create Computer Peripheral Asset|
<!-- *                                      Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties                                  * -->
+
[[File:Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new Computer Peripheral asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                        Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information                                  * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/18/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 858: Line 675:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Mobile_Device_Asset|Create Mobile Device Asset|
<!-- *                                          Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties                              * -->
+
[[File:Create_Mobile_Device_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/33/Create_Mobile_Device_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new Mobile Device asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/03/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                          Update Network Device Assets - General Information                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Network Device Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 931: Line 735:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Network_Device|Create Network Device Asset|
<!-- *                                        Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties                                      * -->
+
[[File:Create_Network_Device_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4f/Create_Network_Device_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new Network Device asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                        Update Printer Assets - General Information                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Printer Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 1,004: Line 795:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Printer_Asset|Create Printer Asset|
<!-- *                                        Update Software Assets - Additional Properties                                      * -->
+
[[File:Create_Printer_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bf/Create_Printer_Asset.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Creates a new Printer asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Software Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/91/Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                        Update Software Assets - General Information                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Software Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e3/Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 1,077: Line 855:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Assets|Get All Assets|
<!-- *                                        Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties                                        * -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that have been associated with the request|
<!--
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties|
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
+
}}
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
+
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Generic_Assets|Get All Generic Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Generic_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Generic Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Generic assets to to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 
}}
 
}}
-->
+
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets|Get All Computer Peripheral Assets|
<!-- *                                        Update Telecoms Assets - General Information                                        * -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Computer Peripheral Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
<!--
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Telecoms Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e7/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Computer Peripheral assets to get a list of}}
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
+
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets|Get All Mobile Device Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Mobile Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Mobile Device assets to to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Network_Device_Assets|Get All Network Device Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Network_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Network Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Network Device assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Printer_Assets|Get All Printer Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Printer_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Printer Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Printer assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Software_Assets|Get All Software Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Software_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Software Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Software assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Telecoms_Assets|Get All Telecoms Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Telecoms Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Telecoms assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information|Update All Assets - General Information|
 +
[[File:Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/57/Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 +
Update the General Information attributes of all assets that are associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 +
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 +
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
Line 1,149: Line 977:
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
}}
 
-->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Assignment                                                          * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
====Assignment====
 
Use the Assignment node to automatically assign a request to different Service Manager users or teams.
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Service Team                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToServiceTeam|Assign to Service Team|
 
[[File:bpmassigntoserviceteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6e/Bpmassigntoserviceteam.png]]|
 
Assign to Service Team assigns the request to the team that supports the service. If no team supports the service that the request is logged against then the request is not assigned. If more than one team supports the service, the request is assigned to the team that has supported the service the longest. This automated task does not assign the request to an individual within the team(s) supported by the service.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Use Request Service|Choose whether or not to use the service of the request. The default is No. If this parameter is set to Yes, it will override any other service specified as an input parameter}}
 
{{bullet1|Service|The Service ID of the service which is supported by the team to be assigned to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Team                                                          * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToTeam|Assign to Team|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmassigntoteam.png|thumb|link=link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8a/Bpmassigntoteam.png|Assign to Team]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this option to assign the request to a specified team.  |
+
}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Assets - General Information|
{{bullet1|Team (From Variable)|Assign to a Team based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a8/Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets. Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
<!-- *                                                      Assign to Owner                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToOwner|Assign to Owner|
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
[[File:bpmassigntoowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst.|
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Owner|The user ID to be applied to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Owner (Variable)                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
{{BPMAutomation|AssignTOwnerVariable|Assign to Owner (Variable)|
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
[[File:bpmassigntoownervariable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst using a dynamic value provided by a runtime variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes|
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration. If no team specified and if the designated owner is a member of multiple teams, the team that gets assigned will be the first team in a list of owner teams ordered by team name.}}
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Owner|Assign to an analyst based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Request Creator                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToRequestCreator|Assign to Request Creator|
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
[[File:bpmassigntorequestcreator.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7c/Bpmassigntorequestcreator.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
Use this option to automatically assign the request to the Service Manager analyst who created / raised the request via Progressive Capture|
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}  
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
<!-- *                                                Assign to Most Available                                                  * -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToMostAvailableAnalyst|Assign to Most Available Analyst|
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
[[File:bpmassigntomostavailable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmassigntomostavailable.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
Using ''Assign to Most Available Analyst'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team.  This operation works on the basis of capacity. The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has the least amount of open requests. If more than one team member have an equal number of open requests and have the least amount of assigned requests, the system will allocate the request to the team member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment.
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
The system will take into account the user status which is found on their profile. If the user status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user/analyst/team member will not be considered as a request owner|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned.}}
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. If all the team members are off-line, the request will be assigned to just the team.}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
{{bullet1|Exclude On-hold Requests|If set to "Yes", when determining a user's availability, any requests that are on-hold will not be included when calculating availability. The default value is "No"}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Assign on Round Robin Basis                                                * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cd/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|RoundRobin|Assign on Round Robin Basis|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmroundrobin.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/41/Bpmroundrobin.png|Round Robin BPM Operation]]|
 
Using the ''Assign Round Robin'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team . The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment. The system will take into account the user's status which is found on their profile. If the user's status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user will not be considered for assignment. This does not take into account the volume of requests assigned to each user.|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. In order for Round Robin to work effectively, users must become disciplined in logging off Hornbill via the User menu located to the top right. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session.}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Authorization                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information|
<!-- *                                                  Authorization Decision                                                  * -->
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/93/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
 
 
==== Authorisation Decision ====
 
Use the Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request form if an authorization decision has been made.
 
{{BPMAutomation|Approved|Approved|
 
[[File:bpmapproved.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/56/Bpmapproved.png]]|
 
Use this Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being approved. The status of ''Approved'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
{{BPMAutomation|Rejected|Rejected|
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
[[File:bpmrejected.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d5/Bpmrejected.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
Use this Authorization Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being rejected. The status of ''Rejected'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
{{bullet1|<Name of Option>|<Description of Option>}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                                      Collaboration                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
====Collaboration====
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
 
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
Use the Collaboration node to post an automated update onto a public workspace at any stage in a process.  This will be visible to members of the specified workspace, on the timeline of the workspace and their News Feeds. 
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                        Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post                                            -->
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnPost|Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post|
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
[[File:bpmcommentonpost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d3/Bpmcommentonpost.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
Use this node to automate the adding of a comment to an existing Post in a workspace. It will always look to add the comment to the most recent post from the request in the workspace. An example use case for this node, is to include the Comment Update after key milestones such as Logged, In progress, Resolved, Closed or Change Accepted, Scheduled, Implemented, Reviewed.  This will allow members of the workspace to stay informed about request progress without the need to monitor lists or queues. This node will only be applicable if the '''Post to Public Workspace''' Node has been used and a Post already exists from the request in a Workspace.|
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnRequestSourcePost|Comment on Request Source Post|
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
[[File:bpmcommentonsourcepost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/88/Bpmcommentonsourcepost.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
Use this option when the source of the request is from a post in order to post a comment back to this source post.|
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was aquired}}
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
{{BPMAutomation|PostToPublicWorkspace|Post to Public Workspace|
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
[[File:bpmposttoworkspace.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Bpmposttoworkspace.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
Use this node to add a new post to a specific workspace. This will allow you to post important information to Collaboration users pertaining to the request.
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the desposal code}}
 +
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 +
}}
  
One example of it's use would be during a Change Request, to let interested parties / stakeholders (Workspace Members) know that the Change had been accepted, scheduled and would therefore be being deployed.  The member's of the workspace may not be Service Manager subscribed users, but their Collaboration subscription would enable them to be kept informed about Change, Problem,  or Major Incident notifications by receiving notifications about the automated '''Posting''' from this node to their workspaces. |
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties|
 +
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 +
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
 
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/18/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
<!-- *                                                    Email Notifications                                                    * -->
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
====Email Notifications====         
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
Use the Email Notification nodes to send email templates to different Request stakeholders.  Configuration options include recipient, which email template to use and which mailbox to send the email from.
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
<!-- *                                                    Email Contact                                                            -->
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailContact|Email Contact|
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
[[File:bpmemailcontact.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/68/Bpmemailcontact.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
Use this node to send an email to a contact that has a contact record stored in Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
{{bullet1|Contact|Select a contact from the searchable pick list. Only contacts that have records stored in Hornbill will be available}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                                  Email Co-worker                                                          * -->
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCoworker|Email Co-worker|
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
[[File:bpmemailcoworker.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmemailcoworker.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
Use this node to send an email to a Co-worker that has a user account in Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Select a Co-worker from the searchable pick list. Only Co-workers that have accounts in Hornbill will be available}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Set a Co-worker from a variable}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}  
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
<!-- *                                                      Email Customer                                                      * -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomer|Email Customer|
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
[[File:bpmemailcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/23/Bpmemailcustomer.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
Use this node to send an email to the customer that is associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Email Customer's Manager                                                * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/03/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomerManager|Email Customer Manager|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmemailcustomermanager.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmemailcustomermanager.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this node to send an email to the Manager of the customer that is associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
 
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
 
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
 
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
 
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity. }}
 
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Email External Address                                              * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Network Device Assets - General Information|
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|EmailExternalAddress|Email External Address|
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmemailexternal.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4a/Bpmemailexternal.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this node to send an email to one or more email addresses that are not available within Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assetsOptions include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|External Addresses|Add one or more email addresses that are not held within HornbillMultiple email address must be separated by a comma. '''Note:''' Please ensure there is no trailing comma. This will create an additional, empty, address which will cause an error.}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- *                                                  Email Request Owner                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailOwner|Email Request Owner|
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
[[File:bpmemailowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bpmemailowner.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
Use this node to send an email to the owner of the request|
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
<!-- *                                                    Get Request Information                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
====Get Request Information====
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
Use the Get Request Information node at any stage in a process and preceding another process node when you want to make the variables of the Request available.  Variables may include Customer, Status, Site, Priority, or any Answers to Customer defined questions from different Progressive capture forms or attributes of the customer or organisation of the request the business process is running against.
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
<!-- *                                                  Customer Details                                                          * -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|Customer_Details|Customer Details|
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
[[File:bpmgetcustomerdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmgetcustomerdetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or decision node to load the Customer's organisations details (variables) into the stage, and to make them available to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to '''Variable''' values from the customer of the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
<!-- *                                              Source Email Details                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
{{BPMAutomation|Source_Email_Details|Source Email Details|
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
[[File:bpmsourceemaildetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmsourceemaildetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
When the origin of a Request is an email (i.e. raised via Routing Rules or Email View), this option can be used to retrieve the details of the email message. This includes FROM address, TO address, subject, content, date sent and date received. You can use the Variable Picker or the Expressions Builder to make a decision on the retrieved details.|
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                              Organisation Details                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Organisation_Details|Organisation Details|
 
[[File:bpmorganisationdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmorganisationdetails.png]]|
 
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or a decision node to load the Customer's Organisations details to make them available as variables to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to values from the customer's organisation associated to the request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Owner Details                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoOwner|Owner Details|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
[[File:getrequestownerbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Getrequestownerbpm.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this operation when you need to use information about the owner of the request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information about the owner of the request.|
+
}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Printer Assets - General Information|
 +
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 +
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 +
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 +
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
 +
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
 +
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
 +
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
 +
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
 +
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 +
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 +
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Details                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Request Details|
 
[[File:getrequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Getrequestdetailsbpm.png]]|
 
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information held within a request.| 
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                Progressive Capture Answers                                                * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Progessive_Capture_Answers|Progressive Capture Answers|
 
[[File:bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d7/Bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png]]|
 
Use this option before a '''Decision''' node, if you want to load into the process the '''Answers''' from Progressive Capture Custom Forms.  By selecting this option, you can load and make available the answers to progressive capture custom forms, to then evaluate in following '''Decision''' nodes. 
 
 
An example of the use of this node could be if you have created a custom form which asked questions about a new start, and one of these questions was to determine which Department they would be joining, it is feasible in your business process that you may wish to check the answer value, and if it was '''Sales''' then branch in one direction, and if it was '''Accounts''' you may want to branch in another direction.  Using the Get Request Information > Progressive Capture Answers will allow these answers to be evaluated in a supporting business process.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Service Details                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Service_Details|Service Details|
 
[[File:bpmservicedetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/10/Bpmservicedetails.png]]|
 
Use this operation to extract details of the service that is set against a request in order to use the Service Details to use with decision node outcomes within your workflow.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                        Site Details                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Site Details|
 
[[File:getrequestsitebpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Getrequestsitebpm.png]]|
 
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this site details.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the site information held within a request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                        Team Details                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|GetTeamDetails|Team Details|
 
[[File:getteamdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Getteamdetails.png]]|
 
Use this operation when you need to get information about the team that the request is assigned to. This can be used for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this team details.  Team Manager and Team Lead information can also be returned to help with notifications and assignments for important requests.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
}}
 
 
====Integration====
 
 
Use the Integration node at any stage of a process, where you wish to invoke specific actions against a 3rd party application from the available list of applications.
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Create Jira Request
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Integration > Create Jira Request
 
[[File:Creat_Jira_Request.png|600px]]
 
 
Create a new request in a specific Jira instance and against a parent project. Using this option will create a new request in Jira, of the required type. 
 
*This will pass the summary and description of the Service Manager request to the newly created request in Jira, and then pass back the Jira request id into the '''External Reference''' field on the Service Manager request if successful, as well as include an update in the request timeline if required, with a hyperlink to the request in Jira. If the request to raise a request fails, this will also be written to the Service Manager Timeline with the reason for the failure to create.
 
  
The following options need to be Configured:
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Software Assets - Additional Properties|
 +
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/91/Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 +
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
}}
  
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Software Assets - General Information|
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
+
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e3/Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.issueType''': This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.projectName''': The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
*'''URL:'''  The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
*'''Project Name:''' The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
*'''Issue Type:''' This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
In either case the following can also be configured manually.
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a Request has been created in Jira, and for the update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created request in Jira (as shown below)
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
[[File:Jira_Create.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
* Add Jira Request Comment
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
::Requests > Integration > Add Jira Request Comment
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
[[File:Add_Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
Add a comment to an existing Jira request.
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
* This option will allow for a predefined comment to be added to a specific Jira Request.  The configured comment will be added to the Jira request id, which is held in the '''External Reference''' field of the Service Manager request, against which this node is invoked from it's underlying business process.  In most cases this will have been created automatically by using the '''Create Jira Request''' earlier in the same business process, but the Jira Request id can have been added manually to the Service Manager request '''External Reference''' field as well. 
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
The following options need to be Configured:
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 +
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 +
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 +
}}
  
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
 
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
 
  
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties|
 +
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 +
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
}}
  
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Telecoms Assets - General Information|
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e7/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request comment will be added.
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets. Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
*'''URL:'''  The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request comment will be added.
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
In either case the following will also need to be configured manually.
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
*'''Comment:''' Configure the message content which will be added to the Jira Request
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a comment has been added to a request in Jira, and for the timeline update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created comment in the Jira request (as shown below)
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
[[File:Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
This will add the Comment into the '''Comments''' tab of the Activity section on the Jira request as shown below.
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
[[File:Jira_Comment_Jira.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************** START OF NEW REQUEST ********************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
<div id="integrationnewrequest"></div>
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
* Log New Service Request
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
|- valign="top"
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
[[File:bpmintegrationrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Bpmintegrationrequest.png|Log New Request]]
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
==== Log New Service Request ====
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
This node can be used by other Hornbill apps to raise requests within Service Manager. 
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
==== Options ====
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
:* ''' Summary'''
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
:* ''' Description'''
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
:* ''' Service '''
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
:* ''' Priority '''
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
:* ''' Category '''
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
:* ''' Team '''
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
:* ''' Owner '''
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
:* ''' Site '''
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
:* ''' Status '''
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
:* ''' Visibility'''
+
}}
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION DOCUMENTATION***************************************************** -->
 
  
====Linked Requests====
+
====Assignment====
Use the Linked Requests node to automatically post updates and resolve linked Requests.  Linked requests are those that have been linked using the Link Action Item on a request form.
+
Use the Assignment node to automatically assign a request to different Service Manager users or teams.
  
<!-- ******************************* START OF RESOLVE LINKED REQUESTS ******************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToServiceTeam|Assign to Service Team|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmassigntoserviceteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6e/Bpmassigntoserviceteam.png]]|
* Resolve Linked Requests
+
Assign to Service Team assigns the request to the team that supports the service. If no team supports the service that the request is logged against then the request is not assigned. If more than one team supports the service, the request is assigned to the team that has supported the service the longest. This automated task does not assign the request to an individual within the team(s) supported by the service.|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Use Request Service|Choose whether or not to use the service of the request. The default is No. If this parameter is set to Yes, it will override any other service specified as an input parameter}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Service|The Service ID of the service which is supported by the team to be assigned to the request}}
|- valign="top"
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
[[File:bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|Resolve Linked Requests]]
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
==== Resolve Linked Requests ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToTeam|Assign to Team|
This option allows you at specific times in a process to resolve linked requestsThe options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updatedFor example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too. 
+
[[File:bpmassigntoteam.png|thumb|link=link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8a/Bpmassigntoteam.png|Assign to Team]]|
 +
Use this option to assign the request to a specified team|
 +
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team (From Variable)|Assign to a Team based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this updateChoosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
==== Options ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToOwner|Assign to Owner|
:* '''Request ID'''
+
[[File:bpmassigntoowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
+
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst.|
:* '''Request Type'''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPMThis should be set to ''Auto''.}}
:: When set, only the request type that is selected will be resolvedWhen not set, all linked requests will be resolved
+
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
:* '''Status'''
+
{{bullet1|Owner|The user ID to be applied to the request}}
:: Select the status that you wish to set the linked requests to.  Either '''Resolve''' or '''Close'''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* '''Visibility'''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this updateChoosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
}}
::Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
::Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Stop Timers'''
 
:: If there are Service Level Target Timers (Response or Resolution) on the linked request, these timers will be stopped and the Target marked
 
:* '''Notify Owner'''
 
:: Notify the owner of any linked request when resolvedThe type of notification will be based on the Service Manager application settings
 
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
 
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
 
:* '''Email Customer'''
 
:: Send an email to Customer of the linked requests. Requires that the Mailbox Name and Email Template are selected
 
:* '''Mailbox Name'''
 
:: Name of the mailbox from which to send a customer email when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
 
:* '''Email Template'''
 
:: Name of the Email Template to use when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- **************************************START OF UPDATE LINKED REQUESTS***************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignTOwnerVariable|Assign to Owner (Variable)|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmassigntoownervariable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
* Update Linked Requests
+
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst using a dynamic value provided by a runtime variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration. If no team specified and if the designated owner is a member of multiple teams, the team that gets assigned will be the first team in a list of owner teams ordered by team name.}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Owner|Assign to an analyst based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
|- valign="top"
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
[[File:bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/64/Bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|Update Linked Requests]]
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToRequestCreator|Assign to Request Creator|
 +
[[File:bpmassigntorequestcreator.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7c/Bpmassigntorequestcreator.png]]|
 +
Use this option to automatically assign the request to the Service Manager analyst who created / raised the request via Progressive Capture|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
==== Update Linked Requests ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToMostAvailableAnalyst|Assign to Most Available Analyst|
This option allows you at specific times in a process to update linked requests.  The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated.  For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too.
+
[[File:bpmassigntomostavailable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmassigntomostavailable.png]]|
 +
Using ''Assign to Most Available Analyst'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a teamThis operation works on the basis of capacity. The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has the least amount of open requests. If more than one team member have an equal number of open requests and have the least amount of assigned requests, the system will allocate the request to the team member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment.
  
==== Options ====
+
The system will take into account the user status which is found on their profile. If the user status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user/analyst/team member will not be considered as a request owner|
:* '''Request ID'''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPMThis should be set to ''Auto''.}}
:: This value is automatically appliedLeave this setting as ''Auto''
+
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned.}}
:* '''Content'''
+
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. If all the team members are off-line, the request will be assigned to just the team. In order for this to work effectively when taking into account users logged in status, users will need to be disciplined in logging off Hornbill. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session(s). We would also strongly recommend that you disable the allow multi-logon option on your instance, otherwise taking into consideration a users Logged On status will be unreliable.}}
:: Provide the text that you would like to include in the update
+
{{bullet1|Exclude On-hold Requests|If set to "Yes", when determining a user's availability, any requests that are on-hold will not be included when calculating availability. The default value is "No"}}
:* '''Visibility'''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* Set the visibility level for the update. Decide if this is only for the team, or if it should be a customer facing update which the customer can view via the timeline of the requests on the portals.
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* '''Request Type'''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
:: Select a specific request type where only the linked requests of this type will be updated
+
}}
:* '''Update Closed Requests'''
+
 
:: Set if the update should also be applied to any linked requests which have a closed status.
+
{{BPMAutomation|RoundRobin|Assign on Round Robin Basis|
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
[[File:bpmroundrobin.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/41/Bpmroundrobin.png|Round Robin BPM Operation]]|
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
Using the ''Assign Round Robin'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team . The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment. The system will take into account the user's status which is found on their profile. If the user's status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user will not be considered for assignment. This does not take into account the volume of requests assigned to each user.|
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned}}
|}
+
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users. Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. In order for Round Robin to work effectively when taking into account users login status, users must become disciplined in logging off Hornbill via the User menu located to the top right. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session. We would also strongly recommend that you disable the allow multi-logon option on your instance, otherwise taking into consideration a users Logged On status will be unreliable.}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION***************************************************** -->
+
}}
  
==== Log Requests ====
+
==== Authorisation Decision ====
Use the Log Request to automatically raise another request at a particular point in the workflow.  
+
Use the Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request form if an authorization decision has been made.
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION ***********************************************************  -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Approved|Approved|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmapproved.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/56/Bpmapproved.png]]|
<div id="LogNewChange"></div>
+
Use this Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being approved. The status of ''Approved'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
* Log New Change
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
|- valign="top"
+
}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Rejected|Rejected|
[[File:bpmlognewchange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/da/Bpmlognewchange.png|Log New Change]]
+
[[File:bpmrejected.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d5/Bpmrejected.png]]|
:* '''Request ID'''
+
Use this Authorization Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being rejected. The status of ''Rejected'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
:: This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
:* ''' Summary'''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* ''' Description'''  
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
}}
:* ''' Service '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Clear|Clear|
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
[[File:bpmclearauthorization.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/21/Bpmclearauthorization.png]]|
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
Use this Authorization Decision node to clear a previous authorization decision that was added to the request. Once cleared, the authorization decision will no longer show in the Information Panel.|
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
:* ''' Priority '''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* ''' Category '''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
}}
:* ''' Team '''
+
 
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Owner '''
+
====Collaboration====
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Site '''
+
Use the Collaboration node to post an automated update onto a public workspace at any stage in a process.  This will be visible to members of the specified workspace, on the timeline of the workspace and their News Feeds. 
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Status '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnPost|Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post|
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
[[File:bpmcommentonpost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d3/Bpmcommentonpost.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
Use this node to automate the adding of a comment to an existing Post in a workspace. It will always look to add the comment to the most recent post from the request in the workspace. An example use case for this node, is to include the Comment Update after key milestones such as Logged, In progress, Resolved, Closed or Change Accepted, Scheduled, Implemented, Reviewed.  This will allow members of the workspace to stay informed about request progress without the need to monitor lists or queues. This node will only be applicable if the '''Post to Public Workspace''' Node has been used and a Post already exists from the request in a Workspace.|
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
}}
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnRequestSourcePost|Comment on Request Source Post|
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:bpmcommentonsourcepost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/88/Bpmcommentonsourcepost.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
Use this option when the source of the request is from a post in order to post a comment back to this source post.|
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
+
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{BPMAutomation|PostToPublicWorkspace|Post to Public Workspace|
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
+
[[File:bpmposttoworkspace.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Bpmposttoworkspace.png]]|
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
Use this node to add a new post to a specific workspace. This will allow you to post important information to Collaboration users pertaining to the request.
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION *********************************************************** -->
+
One example of it's use would be during a Change Request, to let interested parties / stakeholders (Workspace Members) know that the Change had been accepted, scheduled and would therefore be being deployed. The member's of the workspace may not be Service Manager subscribed users, but their Collaboration subscription would enable them to be kept informed about Change, Problem,  or Major Incident notifications by receiving notifications about the automated '''Posting''' from this node to their workspaces. |
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
<div id="LogNewIncident"></div>
+
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
* Log New Incident
+
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
|- valign="top"
+
}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
 
[[File:lognewincident.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/65/Lognewincident.png|Log New Incident]]
+
 
:* '''Request ID'''
+
====Email Notifications====         
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
Use the Email Notification nodes to send email templates to different Request stakeholders.  Configuration options include recipient, which email template to use and which mailbox to send the email from.
:* ''' Summary'''
+
 
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailContact|Email Contact|
:* ''' Description'''
+
[[File:bpmemailcontact.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/68/Bpmemailcontact.png]]|
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
Use this node to send an email to a contact that has a contact record stored in Hornbill|
:* ''' Service '''
+
 
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list. If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
{{bullet1|Contact|Select a contact from the searchable pick list. Only contacts that have records stored in Hornbill will be available}}
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* ''' Priority '''
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:* ''' Category '''
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:* ''' Team '''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* ''' Owner '''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:* ''' Site '''
+
}}
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Status '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCoworker|Email Co-worker|
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
[[File:bpmemailcoworker.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmemailcoworker.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
Use this node to send an email to a Co-worker that has a user account in Hornbill|
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Select a Co-worker from the searchable pick list. Only Co-workers that have accounts in Hornbill will be available}}
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Set a Co-worker from a variable}}
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
}}
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
+
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomer|Email Customer|
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
+
[[File:bpmemailcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/23/Bpmemailcustomer.png]]|
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
Use this node to send an email to the customer that is associated to the request|
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity}}
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* ''' Visibility'''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
|}
+
}}
</div>
+
 
</div>
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomerManager|Email Customer Manager|
</div>
+
[[File:bpmemailcustomermanager.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmemailcustomermanager.png]]|
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION *********************************************************** -->
+
Use this node to send an email to the Manager of the customer that is associated to the request|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div id="LogNewKnownError"></div>
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
* Log New Known Error
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity. }}
|- valign="top"
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
[[File:bmplognewke.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/ff/Bmplognewke.png|Log New Known Error]]
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* '''Request ID'''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
}}
:* ''' Summary'''
+
 
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailExternalAddress|Email External Address|
:* ''' Description'''
+
[[File:bpmemailexternal.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4a/Bpmemailexternal.png]]|
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
Use this node to send an email to one or more email addresses that are not available within Hornbill|
:* ''' Service '''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list. If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|External Addresses|Add one or more email addresses that are not held within Hornbill.  Multiple email address must be separated by a comma. '''Note:''' Please ensure there is no trailing comma. This will create an additional, empty, address which will cause an error.}}
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item. If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* ''' Priority '''
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:* ''' Category '''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:* ''' Team '''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* ''' Owner '''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
}}
:* ''' Site '''
+
 
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailOwner|Email Request Owner|
:* ''' Status '''
+
[[File:bpmemailowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bpmemailowner.png]]|
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
Use this node to send an email to the owner of the request|
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
+
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
====Get Request Information====
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
+
Use the Get Request Information node at any stage in a process and preceding another workflow node when you want to make the variables of the Request available.  Variables may include Customer, Status, Site, Priority, or any Answers to Customer defined questions from different Progressive capture forms or attributes of the customer or organisation of the request the business process is running against.
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION *********************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Category_Details|Catagory Details|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmgetcategorydetails.png|thumb|link=]]|
<div id="LogNewProblem"></div>
+
Use this automation to get information about the logging or closure categories. |
* Log New Problem
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
 
::{|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Customer_Details|Customer Details|
|- valign="top"
+
[[File:bpmgetcustomerdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmgetcustomerdetails.png]]|
|style="width:700px"|
+
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or decision node to load the Customer's organisations details (variables) into the stage, and to make them available to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to '''Variable''' values from the customer of the request.|
[[File:bmplognewproblem.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Bmplognewproblem.png|Log New Problem]]
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* '''Request ID'''
+
}}
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
 
:* ''' Summary'''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Source_Email_Details|Source Email Details|
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
[[File:bpmsourceemaildetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmsourceemaildetails.png]]|
:* ''' Description'''
+
When the origin of a Request is an email (i.e. raised via Routing Rules or Email View), this option can be used to retrieve the details of the email message. This includes FROM address, TO address, subject, content, date sent and date received. You can use the Variable Picker or the Expressions Builder to make a decision on the retrieved details.|
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Service '''
+
}}
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
 
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Organisation_Details|Organisation Details|
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item. If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
[[File:bpmorganisationdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmorganisationdetails.png]]|
:* ''' Priority '''
+
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or a decision node to load the Customer's Organisations details to make them available as variables to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to values from the customer's organisation associated to the request.|
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Category '''
+
}}
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
 
:* ''' Team '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoOwner|Owner Details|
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
[[File:getrequestownerbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Getrequestownerbpm.png]]|
:* ''' Owner '''
+
Use this operation when you need to use information about the owner of the request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information about the owner of the request.|
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Site '''
+
}}
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Status '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Request Details|
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
[[File:getrequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Getrequestdetailsbpm.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information held within a request.| 
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Progessive_Capture_Answers|Progressive Capture Answers|
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d7/Bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
Use this option before a '''Decision''' node, if you want to load into the process the '''Answers''' from Progressive Capture Custom Forms.  By selecting this option, you can load and make available the answers to progressive capture custom forms, to then evaluate in following '''Decision''' nodes. 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
An example of the use of this node could be if you have created a custom form which asked questions about a new start, and one of these questions was to determine which Department they would be joining, it is feasible in your business process that you may wish to check the answer value, and if it was '''Sales''' then branch in one direction, and if it was '''Accounts''' you may want to branch in another direction.  Using the Get Request Information > Progressive Capture Answers will allow these answers to be evaluated in a supporting business process.|
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION *********************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Service_Details|Service Details|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmservicedetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/10/Bpmservicedetails.png]]|
<div id="LogNewRelease"></div>
+
Use this operation to extract details of the service that is set against a request in order to use the Service Details to use with decision node outcomes within your workflow.|
* Log New Release
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
 
::{|
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Site Details|
|- valign="top"
+
[[File:getrequestsitebpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Getrequestsitebpm.png]]|
|style="width:700px"|
+
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this site details.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the site information held within a request.|
[[File:bmplognewrelease.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bmplognewrelease.png|Log New Release]]
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* '''Request ID'''
+
}}
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
 
:* ''' Summary'''
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetTeamDetails|Team Details|
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
[[File:getteamdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Getteamdetails.png]]|
:* ''' Description'''
+
Use this operation when you need to get information about the team that the request is assigned to. This can be used for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this team detailsTeam Manager and Team Lead information can also be returned to help with notifications and assignments for important requests.|
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Service '''
+
}}
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
 
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
====Integration====
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog ItemIf both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
 
:* ''' Priority '''
+
Use the Integration node at any stage of a process, where you wish to invoke specific actions against a 3rd party application from the available list of applications.
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Category '''
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
* Create Jira Request
:* ''' Team '''
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list  
+
::Requests > Integration > Create Jira Request
:* ''' Owner '''
+
[[File:Creat_Jira_Request.png|600px]]
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Site '''
+
Create a new request in a specific Jira instance and against a parent project. Using this option will create a new request in Jira, of the required type. 
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
*This will pass the summary and description of the Service Manager request to the newly created request in Jira, and then pass back the Jira request id into the '''External Reference''' field on the Service Manager request if successful, as well as include an update in the request timeline if required, with a hyperlink to the request in Jira. If the request to raise a request fails, this will also be written to the Service Manager Timeline with the reason for the failure to create.
:* ''' Status '''
+
 
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
The following options need to be Configured:
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
 
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************** START OF OPERATION *********************************************************** -->
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.issueType''': This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
<div id="LogNewRequest"></div>
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
* Log New Request
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.projectName''': The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
 
::{|
+
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
|- valign="top"
+
 
|style="width:700px"|
+
*'''URL:''' The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
[[File:bmplognewrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bmplognewrequest.png|Log New Request]]
+
*'''Project Name:''' The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
:* '''Request ID'''
+
*'''Issue Type:''' This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:* ''' Summary'''  
+
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
 
:* ''' Description'''  
+
In either case the following can also be configured manually.
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
 
:* ''' Service '''
+
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a Request has been created in Jira, and for the update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created request in Jira (as shown below)
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type will be used on the new request.
+
[[File:Jira_Create.png|600px]]
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
</div>
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item. If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
</div>
:* ''' Priority '''
+
 
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
:* ''' Category '''
+
* Add Jira Request Comment
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
:* ''' Team '''
+
::Requests > Integration > Add Jira Request Comment
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
[[File:Add_Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
:* ''' Owner '''
+
 
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
Add a comment to an existing Jira request.
:* ''' Site '''
+
* This option will allow for a predefined comment to be added to a specific Jira Request.  The configured comment will be added to the Jira request id, which is held in the '''External Reference''' field of the Service Manager request, against which this node is invoked from it's underlying business process.  In most cases this will have been created automatically by using the '''Create Jira Request''' earlier in the same business process, but the Jira Request id can have been added manually to the Service Manager request '''External Reference''' field as well. 
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Status '''
+
The following options need to be Configured:
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
 
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
 
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
 +
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
 +
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
 +
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request comment will be added.
  
{{infobox|Using these options in your business processes, please be aware of where you are invoking them / placing them in the workflow, and  in turn which business processes are going to be invoked against the new Incident or Service Request raised.  Please avoid scenario's where one business process may invoke the logging of a new request, where the new request's business process immediately is configured to log a new request which again has a business process which again logs another request immediately creating a loop. The result of which may be a lot of unwanted requests.  In the event this occurs, disable the causing business process and resolve the issue.}}
+
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Questions                                                              * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
=== Questions ===
+
*'''URL:'''  The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
<!-- *                                                    Delete Questions                                                        * -->
+
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request comment will be added.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Delete_Questions|Delete Questions|
 
[[File:bpmdeletequestions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/26/Bpmdeletequestions.png]]|
 
This Hornbill Automation will delete the entire Questions section on a request.  This can be used to remove this information once it has performed its use and it no longer required. |
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
In either case the following will also need to be configured manually.
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Service                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
===Request Service===
+
*'''Comment:''' Configure the message content which will be added to the Jira Request
 +
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a comment has been added to a request in Jira, and for the timeline update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created comment in the Jira request (as shown below)
 +
[[File:Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
  
Use the Request Service node, if you wish to automate the availability status setting of the service associated to a request.  It can be useful to automate the settings of of a services availability status to both the support community and the subscribed customers of a service, both when a request has been raised and or when it has been resolved, and normal service and availability is resumed.
+
This will add the Comment into the '''Comments''' tab of the Activity section on the Jira request as shown below.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Jira_Comment_Jira.png|600px]]
<!-- *                                                    Update Service Status                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Update Service Status
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
 
:* '''Status''' - Select the Status to set the Service's Availability too, or choose No Status if no Status is required to be displayed for the Service.
 
:* '''Status Message''' - An optional message to be displayed alongside the Status - this will be visible to both analysts supporting the service, and customers subscribed to the service.
 
[[File:Update_Request_Service_Status.png|centre|600px]]
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
->
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<!-- *                                                    Suspend Requests                                                        * -->
+
<div id="integrationnewrequest"></div>
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
* Log New Service Request
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
===Suspend===
+
::{|
 
+
|- valign="top"
Use the Suspend nodes if you wish to suspend the progress of the workflow until a defined action is performed manually on the Request.  This could include waiting for a Priority to be set,  a Customer added, Ownership set or the Resolution defined.  Configuration options include the ability to specify the context (which Action Bar icon) the Request will appear in whilst waiting for the Suspend (manual action) to be performed.
+
|style="width:700px"|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:bpmintegrationrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Bpmintegrationrequest.png|Log New Request]]
<!-- *                                                    Await Expiry                                                            * -->
+
==== Log New Service Request ====
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
This node can be used by other Hornbill apps to raise requests within Service Manager. 
{{BPMAutomation|Await_Expiry|Await Expiry|
+
==== Options ====
[[File:bpmwaitforexpiry.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/29/Bpmwaitforexpiry.png]]|
+
:* ''' Summary'''
Use this suspend node to suspend a Request's workflow until the expire period has been reached.|
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue. If you wish to use a date/time for expiry, set this option to "ignore" and set the'Expire Date/Time' option below instead.}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{bullet1|Expiry Date/Time|This option determines when the node expires. A date/time value must be supplied (e.g. 2040-01-01T12:00:00Z) which can be injected from the Variable Picker. If the "expire period" option has been set, any value in this 'Expire Date/Time' option will be disregarded.}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
<!-- *                                              Wait for List of Request Authorisers                                          * -->
+
:* ''' Team '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Authorisers|Wait for List of Request Authorisers|
+
:* ''' Owner '''
[[File:bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/89/Bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png]]|
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
Use this Hornbill Automation to present an Authorization Action on a request form that lets you manually assign authorisers at a particular point in the BPM Workflow.  Once all authorisers have been submitted, an authorisation task will be sent to all the selected users (''Requests > Suspend > List of Request Authorisers'')|
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list  
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list  
{{bullet1|Authorisation Type|There are three available Authorization Types.  ''Individual'' - Only one of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Majority'' - At least half of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Unanimous'' - All of the selected authorizers must approve the authorization in order to proceed.}}
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
{{bullet1|Use Previous Authorisers|If a list of authorisers had previously been selected in a preceding authorisation, selecting 'Yes' will reuse this list of authorisers}}
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Service Owner|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owner of the service that the requests is raised against, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Linked Services Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the services that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{bullet1|Linked Assets Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the assets that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
====Linked Requests====
 +
Use the Linked Requests node to automatically post updates and resolve linked Requests.  Linked requests are those that have been linked using the Link Action Item on a request form.
 +
 
  
:[[File:Information.png|14px|text-top|Information]] Once the authorisers have been submited the ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM node is used to distribute the authorisation tasks.  The ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM Node must follow the ''Wait for List of Request Authorisors'' BPM Node, either immediately after or later on in the workflow at the point when you want the authorisations to be sent out.  
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
}}
+
* Resolve Linked Requests
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Closure                                                * -->
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
::{|
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure|Wait for Request Closure|
+
|- valign="top"
[[File:bpmwaitforclosure.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Bpmwaitforclosure.png]]|
+
|style="width:700px"|
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request has a status of ''closed''.|
+
[[File:bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|Resolve Linked Requests]]
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
==== Resolve Linked Requests ====
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
This option allows you at specific times in a process to resolve linked requests.  The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated. For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too. 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
==== Options ====
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
}}
+
:* '''Request Type'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: When set, only the request type that is selected will be resolved.  When not set, all linked requests will be resolved
<!-- *                                              Wait for Request Closure Category                                            * -->
+
:* '''Status'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: Select the status that you wish to set the linked requests to.  Either '''Resolve''' or '''Close'''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure_Category|Wait for Request Closure Category|
+
:* '''Visibility'''
[[File:bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2b/Bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png]]|
+
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Closure Category has been set.|
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
::Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
::Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* '''Stop Timers'''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: If there are Service Level Target Timers (Response or Resolution) on the linked request, these timers will be stopped and the Target marked
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* '''Notify Owner'''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: Notify the owner of any linked request when resolved.  The type of notification will be based on the Service Manager application settings
}}
+
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Customer                                                        * -->
+
:* '''Email Customer'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: Send an email to Customer of the linked requests. Requires that the Mailbox Name and Email Template are selected
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Customer|Wait for Customer|
+
:* '''Mailbox Name'''
[[File:bpmwaitforcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Bpmwaitforcustomer.png]]|
+
:: Name of the mailbox from which to send a customer email when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has been set.|
+
:* '''Email Template'''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: Name of the Email Template to use when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
}}
+
* Update Linked Requests
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<!-- *                                                    Wait for Feedback                                                    * -->
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
::{|
{{BPMAutomation|SuspendAndWaitForFeedback|Wait for Feedback|
+
|- valign="top"
[[File:bpmswaitforfeedback.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/83/Bpmswaitforfeedback.png]]|
+
|style="width:700px"|
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has provided feedback on the request.|
+
[[File:bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/64/Bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|Update Linked Requests]]
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
==== Update Linked Requests ====
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
This option allows you at specific times in a process to update linked requests.  The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated.  For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too. 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
==== Options ====
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
}}
+
:* '''Content'''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: Provide the text that you would like to include in the update
<!-- *                                          Wait for Request Description                                     * -->
+
:* '''Visibility'''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* Set the visibility level for the update. Decide if this is only for the team, or if it should be a customer facing update which the customer can view via the timeline of the requests on the portals.
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Description|Wait for Request Description|
+
:* '''Request Type'''
[[File:bpmwaitfordescription.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmwaitfordescription.png]]|
+
:: Select a specific request type where only the linked requests of this type will be updated
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a description has been provided on the request.|
+
:* '''Update Closed Requests'''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: Set if the update should also be applied to any linked requests which have a closed status.
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
</div>
}}
+
</div>
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
</div>
<!-- *                                              Wait for Request Email                                        * -->
+
 
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestEmail|Wait for Request Email|
+
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestemail.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a1/Bpmwaitforrequestemail.png]]|
+
==== Log Requests ====
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an email has been sent from the request.|
+
Use the Log Request to automatically raise another request at a particular point in the workflow.
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
<div id="LogNewChange"></div>
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
* Log New Change
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
::{|
}}
+
|- valign="top"
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
|style="width:700px"|
<!-- *                                                Wait for External Reference                                              * -->
+
[[File:bpmlognewchange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/da/Bpmlognewchange.png|Log New Change]]
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_External_Reference|Wait for External Reference|
+
:: This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
[[File:bpmwaitforexternalreference.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9c/Bpmwaitforexternalreference.png]]|
+
:* ''' Summary'''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
}}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Priority '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Impact Assessment                                              * -->
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Category '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Impact_Assessment|Wait for Impact Assessment|
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
[[File:bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png]]|
+
:* ''' Change Type'''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an Impact Assessment has been completed|
+
:: To set a Change Type, set to ''Manual'' and select the change type from the pick list
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Owner '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Linked Asset                                                    * -->
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Assets|Wait for Linked Assets|
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/df/Bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until one or more Assets have been linked to the request|
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
<!-- *                                          Wait for Linked Request Update                                  * -->
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestUpdate|Wait for Linked Request Update|
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/fc/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update has been made on a linked request.|
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
}}
+
|}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
</div>
<!-- *                                                    Wait for Linked Services                                              * -->
+
</div>
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
</div>
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Services|Wait for Linked Services|
+
 
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/61/Bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png]]|
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
+
<div id="LogNewIncident"></div>
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
* Log New Incident
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
::{|
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
|- valign="top"
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
|style="width:700px"|
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
[[File:lognewincident.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/65/Lognewincident.png|Log New Incident]]
}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for New Request Owner                                              * -->
+
:* ''' Summary'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_New_Request_Owner|Wait for New Request Owner|
+
:* ''' Description'''
[[File:bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/54/Bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png]]|
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the ownership of the request has been changed from one owner to another.|
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Off Hold                                                * -->
+
:* ''' Team '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Off_Hold|Wait for Request Off Hold|
+
:* ''' Owner '''
[[File:bpmwaitforoffhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3d/Bpmwaitforoffhold.png]]|
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has come off hold.|
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
}}
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Owner                                                  * -->
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Owner|Wait for Request Owner|
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
[[File:bpmwaitforowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmwaitforowner.png]]|
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an owner has been assigned to the request.|
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
}}
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Priority                                                * -->
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Priority|Wait for Request Priority|
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
[[File:bpmwaitforpriority.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b5/Bpmwaitforpriority.png]]|
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a priority has been set on the request.|
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
</div>
}}
+
</div>
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Category                                                * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|LogNewKnownError|Log New Known Error|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Log_New_Known_Error.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c6/Log_New_Known_Error.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Category|Wait for Request Category|
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to create a new Known Error Record|
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b2/Bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a category has been set on the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Summary|To add a summary to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|To add a description to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
{{bullet1|Service|To add a Service to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this known error on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{bullet1|Catalog Item|To add a Catalog Item to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new known error.}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Priority|To add a Priority to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{bullet1|Category|To add a Request Category to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.}}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
{{bullet1|Team|To add a Team to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
{{bullet1|Owner|To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|To add a Site to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Status|To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list}}
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Resolution                                              * -->
+
{{bullet1|Root Cause|To add a root cause to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the root cause text or set using a variable}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Workaround|To add a workaround to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the workaround text or set using a variable}}
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Resolution|Wait for Request Resolution|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Customer?|To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Summary?|To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has been set to resolved.|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Description?|To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Service?|To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Priority?|To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Category?|To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Team?|To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Owner? |To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Site?|To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Status?|To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Questions?|To use the same answers to the questions section from the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Copy Root Cause?|To use the same Root Cause as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Request Site                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Copy Workaround?|To use the same Workaround as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Site|Wait for Request Site|
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|To include a Timeline entry in the new known error to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsite.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4b/Bpmwaitforrequestsite.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update |To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a site has been linked to the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Status Change                                              * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Status_Change|Wait for Status Change|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforstatuschange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Bpmwaitforstatuschange.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the status of the request has changed from one status to another.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|From Status|The workflow will only continue when the request is changed from this status}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Request Summary                                              * -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div id="LogNewProblem"></div>
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Summary|Wait for Request Summary|
+
* Log New Problem
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png]]|
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the summary has bee set against the request|
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
::{|
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
|- valign="top"
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
|style="width:700px"|
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
[[File:bmplognewproblem.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Bmplognewproblem.png|Log New Problem]]
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Summary'''
}}
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Description'''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Team                                                    * -->
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Team|Wait for Request Team|
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/46/Bpmwaitforrequestteam.png]]|
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an team has been assigned to the request.|
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Owner '''
}}
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Site '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Update                                                  * -->
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Status '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Update|Wait for Request Update|
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update, using the Update Action has been added to the request.|
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
<!-- *                                                      Update Request                                                        * -->
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
===Update Request===
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
Use the Update Request node to automatically update the values of specific Request attributes at any stage in the process.  Examples being updating the Logging or Closing Categories of a Request.
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
* Logging Category
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
::Requests > Update Request > Logging Category
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
Specify the logging category which will associated to the request.  This is typically used where the category of the request is known based on the business process being associated against a specific request catalog item, and as such the analyst is not required to make a manual assessment and categorisation.
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
[[File:updateRequestCategoryNew.jpg|700px]]
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
+
|}
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
</div>
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
* Closure Category
+
<div id="LogNewRelease"></div>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
* Log New Release
::Requests > Update Request > Closure Category
 
 
 
Specify the closure category which will be associated to the request. This is typically used where the business process is set to automatically resolve or close and the analyst is not required to manually resolve and specify a closure category. 
 
 
 
[[File:Closure_Category.png|600px]]
 
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************* -->
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div id="UpdateCustomer"></div>
 
* Update Customer
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
Line 2,563: Line 2,201:
 
|- valign="top"
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
|style="width:700px"|
[[File:bpmupdatecustomer.png|thumb|Update Customer|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmupdatecustomer.png]]
+
[[File:bmplognewrelease.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bmplognewrelease.png|Log New Release]]
==== Update Customer ====
+
:* '''Request ID'''
Use this node to automatically add or update a request with a Customer
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
==== Options ====
+
:* ''' Summary'''
{{Bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{Bullet1|Co-Worker|Select a Co-worker that will be used as the customer of the request}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
{{Bullet1|Contact|Select a Contact that will be used as the customer of the request}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
{{Bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Use a variable to populated the customer, based on a Co-worker ID}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{Bullet1|Contact (From Variable)|Use a variable to populate the customer, based on a contact ID}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
{{Bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
{{Bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
{{Bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
|}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
</div>
+
:* ''' Category '''
</div>
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
</div>
+
{{Bullet1|Release Type|Set the Release Type for this Release. The options are driven from the 'releaseRequestType' Simple List.}}
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION DOCUMENTATION***************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Team '''
 
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
:* ''' Owner '''
* Custom Fields
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
:* ''' Site '''
::Requests > Update Request > Custom Fields
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
 
+
:* ''' Status '''
This provides the ability to update any or all of the custom fields of a request.  The input box is single line only and values should be restricted to 255 characters which is the defined max length for all custom fields. When populating custom fields please pay attention to the type of value you are populating, and ensure this is compatible with the type of field you have specified for the corresponding custom field in the request type and service form designer in the user interface.
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
 
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
[[File:Update_Request_Custom_Fields.png|600px]]
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Custom Field A - T & Custom Field 21 to 40''' - Populate the required custom field(s) with the value(s) that you wish to update the custom field(s) with. This can be text and/or attributes from the Variable Picker.
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
:* '''Append Text''' - This determines if the supplied value of the custom field, should append any existing value of the custom field. By default this is set to replace any existing value, with the value defined here.
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Format Checkbox Value''' - This option determines whether the value from a checkbox (i.e. Outcome Field from a Human Task) is formatted to remove the square brackets and double quotes. By default, this option is set to "No".
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
</div>
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
</div>
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
<!-- **************************************************** START OF UPDATE DETAILS ************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
* Details
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
::{|
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
|- valign="top"
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
|style="width:700px"|
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
[[File:updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|Update Request Details BPM]] Use this operation to update the Summary and Description of a request.  You can either add a new summary or description or append to the existing values. 
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Request Id'''
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Summary'''
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''summary''.  If the variable ''summary'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the summary. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
:* '''Description'''
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''description''.  If the variable ''description'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the Description. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
:* '''Append Text'''
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
:: Set to ''Auto'' if the update is to replace the existing text. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes'' to append the update to the end of the existing text
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
 +
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
<div id="LogNewRequest"></div>
 +
* Log New Request
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:bmplognewrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bmplognewrequest.png|Log New Request]]
 +
:* '''Request ID'''
 +
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
 +
:* ''' Summary'''
 +
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
 +
:* ''' Description'''
 +
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
 +
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
 +
:* ''' Service '''
 +
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type will be used on the new request.
 +
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
 +
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
 +
:* ''' Priority '''
 +
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
 +
:* ''' Category '''
 +
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
 +
:* ''' Team '''
 +
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
 +
:* ''' Owner '''
 +
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
 +
:* ''' Site '''
 +
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
 +
:* ''' Status '''
 +
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
 +
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
 +
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
 +
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
 +
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
 +
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 +
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 +
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 +
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 +
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 +
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 +
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 +
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
 +
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 +
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 +
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 +
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 +
:* ''' Visibility'''
 +
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
{{infobox|Using these options in your business processes, please be aware of where you are invoking them / placing them in the workflow, and  in turn which business processes are going to be invoked against the new Incident or Service Request raised.  Please avoid scenario's where one business process may invoke the logging of a new request, where the new request's business process immediately is configured to log a new request which again has a business process which again logs another request immediately creating a loop. The result of which may be a lot of unwanted requests.  In the event this occurs, disable the causing business process and resolve the issue.}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
=== Questions ===
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Delete_Questions|Delete Questions|
 +
[[File:bpmdeletequestions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/26/Bpmdeletequestions.png]]|
 +
This Hornbill Automation will delete the entire Questions section on a request.  This can be used to remove this information once it has performed its use and it no longer required.  |
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
 
 +
===Request Service===
 +
 
 +
Use the Request Service node, if you wish to automate the availability status setting of the service associated to a request, or to automate adding related services of the request service to the request.
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Add Related Services
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
 +
:* '''Relationship Type''' - Select which services to relate to the request, based on their relationship type to the request service.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' -  Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
 
 +
[[File:update_related_services_bpm.png|centre|600px]]
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Update Service Status
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
 +
:* '''Status''' - Select the Status to set the Request Service's Availability too, or choose No Status if no Status is required to be displayed for the Service.
 +
:* '''Status Message''' - An optional message to be displayed alongside the Status - this will be visible to both analysts supporting the service, and customers subscribed to the service.
 +
[[File:Update_Request_Service_Status.png|centre|600px]]
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
 
 +
===Suspend===
 +
 
 +
Use the Suspend nodes if you wish to suspend the progress of the workflow until a defined action is performed manually on the Request.  This could include waiting for a Priority to be set,  a Customer added, Ownership set or the Resolution defined.  Configuration options include the ability to specify the context (which Action Bar icon) the Request will appear in whilst waiting for the Suspend (manual action) to be performed.
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Await_Expiry|Await Expiry|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforexpiry.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/29/Bpmwaitforexpiry.png]]|
 +
Use this suspend node to suspend a Request's workflow until the expire period has been reached.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  If you wish to use a date/time for expiry, set this option to "ignore" and set the'Expire Date/Time' option below instead.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expiry Date/Time|This option determines when the node expires. A date/time value must be supplied (e.g. 2040-01-01T12:00:00Z) which can be injected from the Variable Picker. If the "expire period" option has been set, any value in this 'Expire Date/Time' option will be disregarded.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Authorisers|Wait for List of Request Authorisers|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/89/Bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to present an Authorization Action on a request form that lets you manually assign authorisers at a particular point in the BPM Workflow.  Once all authorisers have been submitted, an authorisation task will be sent to all the selected users (''Requests > Suspend > List of Request Authorisers'')|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Authorisation Type|There are three available Authorization Types.  ''Individual'' - Only one of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Majority'' - At least half of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Unanimous'' - All of the selected authorizers must approve the authorization in order to proceed.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Use Previous Authorisers|If a list of authorisers had previously been selected in a preceding authorisation, selecting 'Yes' will reuse this list of authorisers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Service Owner|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owner of the service that the requests is raised against, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Services Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the services that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Assets Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the assets that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
 
 +
:[[File:Information.png|14px|text-top|Information]] Once the authorisers have been submited the ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM node is used to distribute the authorisation tasks.  The ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM Node must follow the ''Wait for List of Request Authorisors'' BPM Node, either immediately after or later on in the workflow at the point when you want the authorisations to be sent out.
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Attachment|Wait for Attachment|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforattachment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/67/Bpmwaitforattachment.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an attachment has been added to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure|Wait for Request Closure|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforclosure.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Bpmwaitforclosure.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request has a status of ''closed''.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure_Category|Wait for Request Closure Category|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2b/Bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Closure Category has been set.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Customer|Wait for Customer|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Bpmwaitforcustomer.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has been set.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|SuspendAndWaitForFeedback|Wait for Feedback|
 +
[[File:bpmswaitforfeedback.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/83/Bpmswaitforfeedback.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has provided feedback on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Description|Wait for Request Description|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfordescription.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmwaitfordescription.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a description has been provided on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Document|Wait for Document|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfordocument.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a document from Document Manager has been linked to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestEmail|Wait for Request Email|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestemail.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a1/Bpmwaitforrequestemail.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an email has been sent from the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_External_Reference|Wait for External Reference|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforexternalreference.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9c/Bpmwaitforexternalreference.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Impact_Assessment|Wait for Impact Assessment|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an Impact Assessment has been completed|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Assets|Wait for Linked Assets|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/df/Bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until one or more Assets have been linked to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequest|Wait for Linked Request|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/51/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a linked request has been added|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestsCompletion|Wait for Linked Requests Completion|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestscompletion.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestscompletion.png]]|
 +
This automation suspends the workflow and waits for linked requests to be of a specified status before being allowed to continue.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Resolved linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "resolved" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes).}}
 +
{{bullet1|Closed linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "closed" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes)}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cancelled linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "cancelled" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes)}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus| This option determines the Action Tab that a Request will focus on while the process is suspended.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestUpdate|Wait for Linked Request Update|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/fc/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update has been made on a linked request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Services|Wait for Linked Services|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/61/Bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_New_Request_Owner|Wait for New Request Owner|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/54/Bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the ownership of the request has been changed from one owner to another.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Off_Hold|Wait for Request Off Hold|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforoffhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3d/Bpmwaitforoffhold.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has come off hold.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Owner|Wait for Request Owner|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmwaitforowner.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an owner has been assigned to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Priority|Wait for Request Priority|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforpriority.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b5/Bpmwaitforpriority.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a priority has been set on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Category|Wait for Request Category|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b2/Bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a category has been set on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Resolution|Wait for Request Resolution|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has been set to resolved.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Site|Wait for Request Site|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsite.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4b/Bpmwaitforrequestsite.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a site has been linked to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Status_Change|Wait for Status Change|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforstatuschange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Bpmwaitforstatuschange.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the status of the request has changed from one status to another.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|From Status|The workflow will only continue when the request is changed from this status}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Summary|Wait for Request Summary|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the summary has bee set against the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Team|Wait for Request Team|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/46/Bpmwaitforrequestteam.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an team has been assigned to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Update|Wait for Request Update|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update, using the Update Action has been added to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
===Update Request===
 +
 
 +
Use the Update Request node to automatically update the values of specific Request attributes at any stage in the process.  Examples being updating the Logging or Closing Categories of a Request.
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Logging Category
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
::Requests > Update Request > Logging Category
 +
 
 +
Specify the logging category which will associated to the request.  This is typically used where the category of the request is known based on the business process being associated against a specific request catalog item, and as such the analyst is not required to make a manual assessment and categorisation.
 +
 
 +
[[File:updateRequestCategoryNew.jpg|700px]]
 +
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 +
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Closure Category
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
::Requests > Update Request > Closure Category
 +
 
 +
Specify the closure category which will be associated to the request. This is typically used where the business process is set to automatically resolve or close and the analyst is not required to manually resolve and specify a closure category. 
 +
 
 +
[[File:Closure_Category.png|600px]]
 +
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 +
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
<div id="UpdateCustomer"></div>
 +
* Update Customer
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:bpmupdatecustomer.png|thumb|Update Customer|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmupdatecustomer.png]]
 +
==== Update Customer ====
 +
Use this node to automatically add or update a request with a Customer
 +
==== Options ====
 +
{{Bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Co-Worker|Select a Co-worker that will be used as the customer of the request}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Contact|Select a Contact that will be used as the customer of the request}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Use a variable to populated the customer, based on a Co-worker ID}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Contact (From Variable)|Use a variable to populate the customer, based on a contact ID}}
 +
{{Bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|updateCustomFields|Update Custom Fields|
 +
[[File:updateCustomFields.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/49/UpdateCustomFields.png]]|
 +
This provides the ability to update any or all of the custom fields of a request.  The input box is single line only and values should be restricted to 255 characters which is the defined max length for all custom fields.  When populating custom fields please pay attention to the type of value you are populating, and ensure this is compatible with the type of field you have specified for the corresponding custom field in the request type and service form designer in the user interface.|
 +
{{bullet1|Custom Field A - T & Custom Field 21 to 40|Populate the required custom field(s) with the value(s) that you wish to update the custom field(s) with. This can be text and/or attributes from the Variable Picker.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Append Text|This determines if the supplied value of the custom field, should append any existing value of the custom field. By default this is set to replace any existing value, with the value defined here.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Format Checkbox Value|This option determines whether the value from a checkbox (i.e. Outcome Field from a Human Task) is formatted to remove the square brackets and double quotes. By default, this option is set to "No".}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
 +
* Details
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|Update Request Details BPM]] Use this operation to update the Summary and Description of a request.  You can either add a new summary or description or append to the existing values. 
 +
:* '''Request Id'''
 +
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''Summary'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''summary''.  If the variable ''summary'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the summary. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
 +
:* '''Description'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''description''.  If the variable ''description'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the Description. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
 +
:* '''Append Text'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if the update is to replace the existing text.  Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes'' to append the update to the end of the existing text
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility'''
 +
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* External Reference
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:: Use this operation to update the External Reference field that is held against the requests.
 +
 
 +
[[File:bp_update_external_ref.png|600px]]
 +
:* '''External Reference'''
 +
:: Either enter an external reference number or use the variable picker to take the External Reference held in a variable
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select ''Yes''if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select ''Yes'' to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility'''
 +
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
 +
<div id="FirstTimeFix"></div>
 +
* First Time Fix
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:firsttimefixbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f8/Firsttimefixbpm.png|First Time Fix]] Use this operation to update the First Time Fix flag on a request.  You can apply the rules to set the requirements for a first time fix. This operation should be added at point within the workflow when the request has reached a resolved state. 
 +
:* '''Request Id'''
 +
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''No Team Reassignments'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any team reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''No Owner Reassignments'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any owner reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''No Hold Time'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any point at which this request was placed on hold. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''Max Open Time'''
 +
:: Set to ''Manual'' and add an amount of time to include the rule that the request must be resolved within this time frame to count as a first time fix.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule. Putting a request on-hold does not extend the ''Max Open Time''.
 +
:* '''Include Working Time Calendar'''
 +
:: Set to ''Manual'' and chose a Working Time Calendar to include the use of a Working Time Calendar when calculating the ''Max Open Time''.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
Line 2,625: Line 2,877:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- **************************************************** END OF UPDATE DETAILS ************************************************************** -->
+
 
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
* External Reference
+
* Place On Hold
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
:: Use this operation to update the External Reference field that is held against the requests.
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
  
[[File:bp_update_external_ref.png|600px]]
+
[[File:bpmplaceonhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5c/Bpmplaceonhold.png|Place On Hold]] Use this operation to automatically put a request on-hold when a point within the workflow has been reached.
:* '''External Reference'''
+
:* '''Request Id'''
:: Either enter an external reference number or use the variable picker to take the External Reference held in a variable
+
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''On Hold Period'''
 +
:: Enter the number of Years, Months, Days, Hours, and Minutes that the request will be on hold for.
 +
:* '''On Hold Period Apply Working Time Calendar'''
 +
:: Set this to ''Yes'' to apply the WTC that is associated to the request to be used.  This will ensure that the request comes off hold during work hours.
 +
:* '''Reason'''
 +
:: Include information that describes the reason for the request being placed on-hold.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
:: Select ''Yes''if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
:: Select ''Yes'' to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:* '''Visibility'''
+
:* '''Visibility'''  
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
:* '''Sub-Status'''
 +
:: Set the sub-status of the request when the request is placed on-hold
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- **************************************************** START OF FIRST TIME FIX ************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
+
* Priority
<div id="FirstTimeFix"></div>
 
* First Time Fix
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
::Requests > Update Request > Priority
::{|
+
 
|- valign="top"
+
Use this node to set the '''Priority'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Priority''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set. It is also useful to use within a process where a decision node may branch and different '''Priorities''' are possible depending on the path followed. Decide if the setting of the '''Priority''' should also mark the request timeline.
|style="width:700px"|
+
 
[[File:firsttimefixbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f8/Firsttimefixbpm.png|First Time Fix]] Use this operation to update the First Time Fix flag on a request.  You can apply the rules to set the requirements for a first time fix. This operation should be added at point within the workflow when the request has reached a resolved state. 
+
[[File:Update_Priority.png|600px]]
:* '''Request Id'''
+
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:* '''No Team Reassignments'''
+
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.  
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any team reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''No Owner Reassignments'''
 
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any owner reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''No Hold Time'''
 
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any point at which this request was placed on hold. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''Max Open Time'''
 
:: Set to ''Manual'' and add an amount of time to include the rule that the request must be resolved within this time frame to count as a first time fix.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule. Putting a request on-hold does not extend the ''Max Open Time''.
 
:* '''Include Working Time Calendar'''
 
:: Set to ''Manual'' and chose a Working Time Calendar to include the use of a Working Time Calendar when calculating the ''Max Open Time''. Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility'''  
 
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.  
 
|}
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
</div>
 
<!-- **************************************************** END OF FIRST TIME FIX ************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
* Place On Hold
+
* Resolution Text
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
::Requests > Update Request > Resolution Text
::{|
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
  
[[File:bpmplaceonhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5c/Bpmplaceonhold.png|Place On Hold]] Use this operation to automatically put a request on-hold when a point within the workflow has been reached.
+
Use this node to set the '''Resolution Text'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Resolution''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.  
:* '''Request Id'''
 
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 
:* '''On Hold Period'''
 
:: Enter the number of Years, Months, Days, Hours, and Minutes that the request will be on hold for.
 
:* '''On Hold Period Apply Working Time Calendar'''
 
:: Set this to ''Yes'' to apply the WTC that is associated to the request to be used.  This will ensure that the request comes off hold during work hours.
 
:* '''Reason'''
 
:: Include information that describes the reason for the request being placed on-hold.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility'''
 
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
:* '''Sub-Status'''
 
:: Set the sub-status of the request when the request is placed on-hold
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Priority
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Update Request > Priority
 
 
 
Use this node to set the '''Priority'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Priority''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.  It is also useful to use within a process where a decision node may branch and different '''Priorities''' are possible depending on the path followed.  Decide if the setting of the '''Priority''' should also mark the request timeline.
 
 
 
[[File:Update_Priority.png|600px]]
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Resolution Text
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Update Request > Resolution Text
 
 
 
Use this node to set the '''Resolution Text'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Resolution''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.  
 
  
 
[[File:Update_Request_Resolution_text.png|600px]]
 
[[File:Update_Request_Resolution_text.png|600px]]
Line 2,737: Line 2,938:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Update Service                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Service|Service|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Service|Service|
 
[[File:bpm_update_service.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/13/Bpm_update_service.png]]|
 
[[File:bpm_update_service.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/13/Bpm_update_service.png]]|
Line 2,751: Line 2,950:
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Update Service Level                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
Line 2,767: Line 2,964:
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Site                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div id="UpdateSite"></div>
 
<div id="UpdateSite"></div>
Line 2,799: Line 2,994:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Site (Customer's Site)                                        * -->
 
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Site (Customer' Site)
 
* Site (Customer' Site)
Line 2,870: Line 3,063:
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Request Timers                                                      * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
===Request Timers===
 
===Request Timers===
  
 
Use the Request Timer nodes at any stage in the process to either start or stop the Response and or Resolution timers.  It is not a perquisite to have to use any timers within processes or to have to use both Response and Resolution timers when timers are used.
 
Use the Request Timer nodes at any stage in the process to either start or stop the Response and or Resolution timers.  It is not a perquisite to have to use any timers within processes or to have to use both Response and Resolution timers when timers are used.
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Start Resolution Timer                                                       -->
+
There are some settings that control the default behaviour of the Service Level Timers.  The settings provided to pause or stop the resolution timer when resolving a request are as follows:
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
 +
:* ''app.request.pauseResolutionTimerOnResolve''  (Default OFF)
 +
:* ''app.request.resumeResolutionTimerOnReopen''  (Default OFF)
 +
:* ''app.request.stopResolutionTimerOnResolve''    (Default ON) 
 +
:* ''app.request.stopResolutionTimerOnClose''      (Default OFF)
 +
<br>
 +
{{bullet1|Using settings to control resolution timers|You should choose the relevant settings to meet your needs, but note that app.request.stopResolutionTimerOnResolve will take precedence over app.request.pauseResolutionTimerOnResolve so ensure only the one you want to use is enabled.}}
 +
 
 +
{{bullet1|Using BPM nodes to control resolution timers|If you are using this BPM node to control resolution timers the four settings above should all be turned off; If any settings are enabled then they will take precedence over BPM actions. To enable pause/resume of a resolved request you can add the Timer > Pause Resolution Timer or Timer > Resume Resolution Timer BPM nodes as required in your BPM process.}}
 +
<br>
 +
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Start Resolver Timer
 
* Start Resolver Timer
Line 2,892: Line 3,090:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Stop Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Stop Resolution Timer
 
* Stop Resolution Timer
Line 2,905: Line 3,101:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Start Response Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Start Response Timer
 
* Start Response Timer
Line 2,918: Line 3,112:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Stop Response Timer                                                        -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Stop Response Timer
 
* Stop Response Timer
Line 2,931: Line 3,123:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Pause Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Pause_Resolution_Timer|Pause Resolution Timer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Pause_Resolution_Timer|Pause Resolution Timer|
 
[[File:Pause_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/58/Pause_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
[[File:Pause_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/58/Pause_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
Line 2,939: Line 3,129:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Resume Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Resume_Resolution_Timer|Resume Resolution Timer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Resume_Resolution_Timer|Resume Resolution Timer|
 
[[File:Resume_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c0/Resume_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
[[File:Resume_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c0/Resume_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to resume Resolution Timer that has been paused.  This is particularly useful in 2 stage closers where the timer can be paused during the resolution stage and then resumed if the request is reopened|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to resume Resolution Timer that has been paused.  This is particularly useful in 2 stage closers where the timer can be paused during the resolution stage and then resumed if the request is reopened|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
}}
 +
 +
==Services==
 +
 +
Operations specific to services related to the request service
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Realated_Services|Update Related Services|
 +
[[File:Update_Related_Services_BPM.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
 +
Use this node to update the status of services related to a request at the required stage in a process, this is different from the service the request is logged against|
 +
{{bullet1|RequestId|This is an automatic option and should be set to Auto}}
 +
{{bullet1|Relationship Type|Select which services to update the status of, based on their relationship type to the request service}}
 +
{{bullet1|Status|The Status to set the related services too}}
 +
{{bullet1|Status Message|Any message to be visible alongside the Status of the related services}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
 +
}}
 +
 +
==Assets==
 +
 +
Automations specific to an asset entity which can be used as part of Auto Tasks on an asset.
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_Asset_Information|Get Asset Information|
 +
[[File:Get_Asset_Information_BPM.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmgeetassetinfo.png]]|
 +
Use this node to get information about a specified asset.|
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Id|This is an automatic option and should be set to Auto when used with an asset entity.}}
 +
 
}}
 
}}
  
 
[[Category:Service Manager]]
 
[[Category:Service Manager]]
 +
-->
 +
[[Category:HDOC]]
 +
<!-- http://127.0.0.1:3000/service-manager-config/customize/bpm/service-manager-business-processes -->

Latest revision as of 20:34, 8 May 2024

This document can now be found at its new location in the Hornbill Document Library.

Service Manager Workflow